1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright 1993-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
43 #include "libiberty.h"
44 #include "safe-ctype.h"
45 #include "elf-linux-psinfo.h"
51 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
52 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
53 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
54 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct bfd_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
55 static bfd_boolean
elf_read_notes (bfd
*, file_ptr
, bfd_size_type
) ;
56 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
59 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
60 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
61 need to move into elfcode.h. */
63 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
66 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
67 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
68 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
70 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
71 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
72 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
73 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
74 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
75 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
76 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
79 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
82 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
83 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
84 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
86 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
90 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
95 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
98 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
99 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
100 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
102 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
103 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
106 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
109 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
110 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
111 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
113 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
117 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
120 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
121 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
122 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
124 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
125 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
126 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
127 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
128 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
131 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
134 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
135 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
136 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
138 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
140 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
145 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
148 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
149 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
150 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
152 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
153 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
154 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
155 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
156 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
159 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
162 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
163 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
164 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
166 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
167 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
173 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
176 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
177 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
178 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
180 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
183 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
186 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
187 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
188 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
190 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
193 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
194 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
197 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
199 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
204 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
207 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
210 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
211 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
215 return h
& 0xffffffff;
218 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
219 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
222 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
224 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
225 unsigned long h
= 5381;
228 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
229 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
230 return h
& 0xffffffff;
233 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
234 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
236 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
238 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
240 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
241 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
242 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
245 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
246 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
248 struct output_elf_obj_tdata
*o
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof *o
);
251 elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
= o
;
252 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
259 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
261 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
262 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
267 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
269 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
270 if (!abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
))
272 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
));
273 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
!= NULL
;
277 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
279 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
280 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
282 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
284 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
286 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
287 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
290 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
291 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
293 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
294 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
295 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
297 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
298 in case the string table is not terminated. */
299 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
300 || (shstrtab
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
301 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
303 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
305 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
306 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
308 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
309 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
310 the string table over and over. */
311 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
314 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
315 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
317 return (char *) shstrtab
;
321 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
322 unsigned int shindex
,
323 unsigned int strindex
)
325 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
330 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
333 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
335 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
336 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
339 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
341 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
342 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
343 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
344 abfd
, strindex
, (unsigned long) hdr
->sh_size
,
345 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
347 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
351 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
354 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
355 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
356 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
357 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
358 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
359 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
360 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
363 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
364 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
367 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
369 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
371 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
373 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
374 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
375 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
376 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
377 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
378 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
379 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
384 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
390 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
392 if (symtab_hdr
== &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_hdr
)
393 shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
395 /* Read the symbols. */
397 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
399 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
400 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
401 amt
= symcount
* extsym_size
;
402 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
403 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
405 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
406 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
408 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
409 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
410 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
416 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
420 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
421 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
422 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
424 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*)
425 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
426 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
428 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
429 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
430 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
437 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
439 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*)
440 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
441 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
442 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
446 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
447 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
448 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
449 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
451 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
452 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
454 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
455 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
456 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
457 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
458 if (alloc_intsym
!= NULL
)
465 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
467 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
468 free (alloc_extshndx
);
473 /* Look up a symbol name. */
475 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
476 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
477 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
481 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
482 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
484 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
485 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
486 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
488 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
489 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
492 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
495 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
496 name
= bfd_section_name (abfd
, sym_sec
);
501 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
502 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
505 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
506 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
508 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
510 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
511 signature just a string? */
514 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
516 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
517 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
518 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
519 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
521 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
522 that it is a symbol table section. */
523 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
525 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
526 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
527 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
530 /* Go read the symbol. */
531 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
532 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
533 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
536 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
539 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
542 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
544 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
546 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
547 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
550 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
552 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
553 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
554 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
557 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
558 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
559 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
560 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
561 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
563 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
565 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
567 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
573 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
574 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
578 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
579 so we can find them quickly. */
582 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
583 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**)
584 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
585 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
589 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
591 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
593 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
596 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
598 /* Add to list of sections. */
599 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
602 /* Read the raw contents. */
603 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
604 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
605 shdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *)
606 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
, sizeof (*dest
) / 4);
607 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
608 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
611 (_("%B: Corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
);
612 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
616 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
618 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
619 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
623 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
624 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
625 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
627 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
628 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
635 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
636 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
639 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
640 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
641 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
646 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
647 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd
));
650 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
657 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
661 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
663 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
664 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
665 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
667 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
668 section is a member. */
670 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
674 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
675 other members to see if any others are linked via
677 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
678 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
680 if ((s
= (++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
681 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
685 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
686 insert current section in circular list. */
687 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
688 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
689 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
695 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
698 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
700 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
701 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
704 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
706 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
707 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
715 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
717 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
724 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
727 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
728 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
731 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
732 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
734 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
735 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
737 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
738 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
739 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
740 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
743 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
744 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
745 bed
->link_order_error_handler
746 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
751 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
753 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
755 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
756 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
760 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
761 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
764 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
765 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
766 s
->owner
, s
, elfsec
);
770 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
775 /* Process section groups. */
776 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
779 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
781 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
782 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
783 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
786 if ((++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
)
787 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
788 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
789 || idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
790 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
791 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
792 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
793 relocation sections are in section group in input object
795 shdr
->bfd_section
->size
-= 4;
798 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
799 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
800 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
802 (unsigned int) idx
->shdr
->sh_type
,
803 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
804 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
807 shdr
->bfd_section
->name
);
815 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
817 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
820 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
821 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
824 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
825 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
831 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
833 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
836 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
840 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
841 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
842 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
844 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
845 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
846 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
848 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
850 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
851 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
852 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, newsect
,
853 bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
856 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
857 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
858 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
859 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
860 flags
|= SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
;
861 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
864 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
867 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
868 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
869 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
871 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
873 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
876 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
877 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
878 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
880 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
881 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
883 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
884 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
885 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
886 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
888 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
890 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
891 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
898 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'n')
899 p
= ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", n
= 17;
900 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'd')
901 p
= ".gdb_index", n
= 11; /* yes we really do mean 11. */
902 else if (name
[1] == 'l')
904 else if (name
[1] == 's')
906 else if (name
[1] == 'z')
907 p
= ".zdebug", n
= 7;
910 if (p
!= NULL
&& strncmp (name
, p
, n
) == 0)
911 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
915 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
916 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
917 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
918 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
919 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
920 all but one of the sections. */
921 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
922 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
923 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
925 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
926 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
927 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
930 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
))
933 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
934 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
935 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
936 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
940 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
943 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, -1);
947 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
949 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
950 unsigned int i
, nload
;
952 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
953 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
954 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
955 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
956 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
957 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
958 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
960 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
962 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
965 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
966 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
968 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
969 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
970 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
971 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
973 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
974 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
975 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
977 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
978 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
979 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
980 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
981 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
982 segment will contain sections with contiguous
983 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
984 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
985 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
987 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
988 offsets whether a section with zero size should
989 be placed at the end of one segment or the
990 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
991 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
992 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
993 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
999 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1000 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1001 if ((flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1002 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1003 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1005 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1008 if (bfd_is_section_compressed (abfd
, newsect
))
1010 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1011 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1012 action
= decompress
;
1016 /* Normal section. Check if we should compress. */
1017 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
) && newsect
->size
!= 0)
1027 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1029 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1030 (_("%B: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1036 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
1038 new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
1039 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1043 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
1047 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1049 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1050 (_("%B: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1056 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
1058 new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
1059 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1062 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
1066 if (new_name
!= NULL
)
1067 bfd_rename_section (abfd
, newsect
, new_name
);
1073 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] = {
1074 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1075 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1076 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1079 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1080 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1081 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1082 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1083 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1084 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1085 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1086 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1087 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1089 bfd_reloc_status_type
1090 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1091 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1093 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1094 asection
*input_section
,
1096 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1098 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1099 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1100 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1101 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1103 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1104 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1107 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1110 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1114 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1116 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1117 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1120 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
1122 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1123 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1126 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1128 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1129 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] =
1130 elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
];
1132 /* Copy object attributes. */
1133 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1138 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1143 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1144 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1145 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1146 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1147 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1148 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1149 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1150 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1151 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1152 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1153 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1154 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1159 /* Print out the program headers. */
1162 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1164 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1165 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1167 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1169 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1174 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1175 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1176 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1178 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1183 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1186 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1187 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1188 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1189 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1190 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1191 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1192 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1193 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1194 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1195 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1196 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1197 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1198 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1199 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1200 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1201 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1202 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1207 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1210 unsigned int elfsec
;
1211 unsigned long shlink
;
1212 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1214 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1216 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1218 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1221 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1222 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1224 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1226 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1227 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1230 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1231 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1233 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1234 const char *name
= "";
1236 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1237 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1239 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1241 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1248 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1249 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1251 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1253 sprintf (ab
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_tag
);
1258 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1259 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1260 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1261 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1262 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1263 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1264 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1265 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1266 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1267 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1268 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1269 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1270 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1271 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1272 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1273 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1274 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1275 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1276 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1277 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1278 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1279 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1280 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1281 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1282 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1283 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1284 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1285 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1286 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1287 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1288 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1289 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1290 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1291 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1292 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1293 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1294 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1295 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1296 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1297 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1298 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1299 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1300 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1301 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1302 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1303 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1304 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1305 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1306 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1307 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1308 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1309 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1310 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1311 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1312 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1313 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1314 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1315 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1318 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1322 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1327 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1329 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1332 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1341 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1342 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1344 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1348 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1350 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1352 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1353 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1355 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1356 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1357 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1358 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1360 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1363 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1367 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1373 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1375 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1377 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1378 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1380 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1382 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1383 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1384 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1385 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1386 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1387 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1399 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1402 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1405 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1407 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1410 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1411 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1413 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1414 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1415 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1416 fprintf (file
, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol
->flags
);
1418 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1420 const char *section_name
;
1421 const char *name
= NULL
;
1422 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1423 unsigned char st_other
;
1426 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1428 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1429 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1430 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1434 name
= symbol
->name
;
1435 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1438 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1439 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1440 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1441 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1442 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1443 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1444 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1446 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1447 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1449 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1450 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0
1451 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0
1452 || elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0))
1454 unsigned int vernum
;
1455 const char *version_string
;
1457 vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
1460 version_string
= "";
1461 else if (vernum
== 1)
1462 version_string
= "Base";
1463 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1465 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1468 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1470 version_string
= "";
1471 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1475 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1477 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1479 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1481 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1488 if ((((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0)
1489 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1494 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1495 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
1500 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1501 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
1506 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
1507 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
1508 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
1510 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1512 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
1515 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
1521 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1523 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*
1524 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1526 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*ret
;
1528 ret
= _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1533 loc
= _bfd_stringtab_add (ret
, "", TRUE
, FALSE
);
1534 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== 0 || loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1);
1535 if (loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
1537 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret
);
1544 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1546 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1549 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
1551 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
1552 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
1553 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1556 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
1559 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
1560 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1561 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
1566 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1567 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
1570 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1573 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
1574 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
1575 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
1576 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
1577 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
1578 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
1579 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
1580 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1581 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1582 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1584 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1585 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1587 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
1589 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
1590 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
1591 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
1594 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
1595 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
1596 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
1598 /* Otherwise fall through. */
1603 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
1605 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
1607 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
1609 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1610 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1611 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1612 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
1614 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
1615 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1619 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1621 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1622 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1624 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1625 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1627 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1635 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table */
1636 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1639 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1641 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
1643 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1645 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1646 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1647 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1651 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1652 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1653 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1654 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
1655 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1657 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1658 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1659 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1660 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1661 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1663 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
1664 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
1665 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1669 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1670 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1671 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1672 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)]->sh_link
!= shindex
)
1674 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1676 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1677 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1679 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1680 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1681 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1685 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
1687 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1688 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1689 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1693 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
1697 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1698 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1701 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1703 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
1705 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1707 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1708 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1709 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1713 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1714 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1715 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1716 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
1717 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1719 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1720 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1721 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1723 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1724 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == shindex
)
1727 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == 0);
1728 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) = shindex
;
1729 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
= *hdr
;
1730 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
1733 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table */
1734 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1736 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
1738 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1739 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
1742 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1745 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1746 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
1749 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1752 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1753 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
1754 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
1755 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1757 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1761 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1762 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1763 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1764 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
1766 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1768 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1769 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1771 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1772 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1774 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1777 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
1779 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1781 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1782 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
1786 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1790 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
1792 asection
*target_sect
;
1793 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
1794 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1795 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
1799 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
1800 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
1803 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
1804 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
1806 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
1807 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
1808 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
));
1809 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1813 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
1814 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
1815 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
1816 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
1817 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
1818 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
1819 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
1821 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
1822 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
1823 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
1824 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
1830 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
1832 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1833 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1844 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
1847 /* Get the symbol table. */
1848 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1849 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1850 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
1853 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
1854 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
1855 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
1856 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
1857 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
1858 section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its
1859 sh_link points to the null section. */
1860 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
1861 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
1862 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
1863 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
1864 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
1865 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1866 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1869 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
1871 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
1872 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
1875 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
1876 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1877 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
1879 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
1881 BFD_ASSERT (*p_hdr
== NULL
);
1882 amt
= sizeof (*hdr2
);
1883 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
1888 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
1889 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
1890 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
1891 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
1892 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
1893 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
1894 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
1895 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1897 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1898 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
1900 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
1904 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
1905 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
1906 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
1907 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1909 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
1910 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
1912 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
1913 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
1914 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1916 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
1917 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
1918 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
1919 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1925 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
1927 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1929 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
1931 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) hdr
->contents
;
1932 unsigned int n_elt
= hdr
->sh_size
/ GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
1935 if (idx
->flags
& GRP_COMDAT
)
1936 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
1937 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1939 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
1941 while (--n_elt
!= 0)
1945 if (idx
->shdr
!= NULL
1946 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
1947 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
1949 elf_next_in_group (hdr
->bfd_section
) = s
;
1957 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
1958 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
1959 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
1961 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1963 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
1967 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
1968 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1971 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
1973 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
1974 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
1975 for applications? */
1976 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1977 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
1978 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1979 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
1981 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
1982 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1985 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
1986 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
1987 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1988 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1989 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
1991 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
1992 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
1994 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
1995 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
1996 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
1997 required to correctly process the section and the file should
1998 be rejected with an error message. */
1999 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2000 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
2002 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2004 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2005 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2008 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2009 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2010 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2011 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2019 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2022 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2024 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2026 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2028 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2030 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2031 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2032 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2034 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2035 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2036 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2039 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2041 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2044 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2047 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2050 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2054 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2056 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2058 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2061 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2063 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2064 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2067 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2069 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2070 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2073 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2075 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2076 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2077 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2078 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2079 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2080 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2081 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2082 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2083 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2084 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2085 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2086 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2087 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2088 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2091 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2093 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2094 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2095 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2098 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2100 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2101 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2102 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2103 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2104 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2105 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2106 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2107 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2108 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2109 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2112 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2114 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2115 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2118 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2120 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2121 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2122 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2123 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2126 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2128 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2129 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2132 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2134 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2135 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2136 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2139 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2141 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2142 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2143 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2146 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2148 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2149 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2150 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2151 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2152 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2155 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2157 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2158 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2159 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2160 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2161 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2162 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2163 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2166 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2168 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2169 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2170 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2171 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2174 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2176 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2177 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2178 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2179 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2180 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2183 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2185 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2186 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2187 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2189 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2190 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2191 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2192 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2195 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2197 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2199 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2201 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2202 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2203 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2209 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2212 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2213 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2214 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2220 len
= strlen (name
);
2222 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2225 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2227 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2229 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2232 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2233 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2235 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2237 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2239 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2240 && (suffix_len
== -2
2241 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2247 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2249 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2250 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2260 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2261 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2264 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2265 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2267 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2268 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2271 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2272 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2275 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2276 bed
->special_sections
,
2282 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2285 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2286 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2289 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2294 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2298 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2300 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2301 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2302 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2304 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2307 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2311 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2314 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2315 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2316 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2318 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2319 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2320 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2321 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2322 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2323 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2324 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2325 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2326 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2327 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
2328 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2330 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2333 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
2334 || ssect
->type
== SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2335 || ssect
->type
== SHT_FINI_ARRAY
))
2337 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2338 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2342 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2345 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2347 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2348 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2349 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2350 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2352 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2353 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2354 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2355 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2356 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2357 of combined data+bss.
2359 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2360 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2361 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2362 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2363 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2368 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2369 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2371 const char *type_name
)
2379 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2380 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2381 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2383 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2385 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2386 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2387 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2390 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2391 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2392 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2394 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2395 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2396 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2397 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2398 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2399 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2400 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2402 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2403 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2404 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2406 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2408 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2411 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2413 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2417 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
2421 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
2422 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2423 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2426 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2427 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2428 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2430 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2431 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2432 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2433 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2434 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
2435 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
2436 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
2437 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
2438 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2440 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2441 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2442 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2443 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2444 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2445 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2446 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
2448 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2449 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2450 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2452 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2453 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2460 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
2462 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2464 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
2467 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
2470 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load");
2473 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
2476 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
2479 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
2481 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
))
2486 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
2489 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
2491 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
2492 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
2496 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
2499 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
2502 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2503 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2504 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
2508 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
2512 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
2514 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
2516 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
2517 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
2520 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
2523 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
2524 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
2525 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
2529 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2530 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
2532 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
2534 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
2536 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2539 amt
= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
);
2540 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
2541 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2542 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
2544 amt
= sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect
->name
);
2545 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2548 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", asect
->name
);
2550 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
2552 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2554 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
2555 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
2556 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
2557 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
2558 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
2559 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
2560 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2561 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2562 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2567 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
2570 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
2572 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2573 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
2575 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
2578 struct fake_section_arg
2580 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
2584 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2587 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
2589 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
2590 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2591 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
2592 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
2593 unsigned int sh_type
;
2597 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2602 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
2604 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
2605 asect
->name
, FALSE
);
2606 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2612 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2614 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2615 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
2616 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
2618 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2620 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2621 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
2622 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
2623 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
2624 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2625 copy_private_section_data. */
2627 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
2628 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
2630 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2632 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
2633 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
2635 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
2637 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
2638 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2639 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
2640 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
2641 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2643 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
2644 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
2645 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
2646 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
2647 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2648 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
2649 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2652 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
2658 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
2659 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
2660 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
2667 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
2671 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
2675 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2679 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
2680 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
2684 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
2685 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
2688 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2689 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
2692 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2693 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2694 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2695 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2697 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2698 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
2700 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
2701 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
2704 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2705 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2706 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2707 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2709 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2710 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
2712 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
2713 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
2717 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
2721 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
2725 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2726 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
2727 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
2728 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
2729 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2730 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
2731 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
2733 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
2734 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
2735 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
2736 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
2738 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
2739 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
2740 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
2742 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
2743 if (asect
->size
== 0
2744 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
2746 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
2748 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2751 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
2752 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2753 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2757 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
2758 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
2760 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2761 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2762 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2763 create the other. */
2764 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
2766 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
2769 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
2770 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
2771 && (arg
->link_info
->relocatable
|| arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
2773 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
2774 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, asect
, FALSE
))
2779 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
2780 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, asect
, TRUE
))
2786 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
2788 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
2794 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2795 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
2796 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
2797 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
2800 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
2802 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
2803 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
2804 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2808 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
2809 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
2810 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
2811 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
2814 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
2816 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
2817 asection
*elt
, *first
;
2821 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2823 if (((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
)
2827 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
2829 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
2831 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
2833 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
2834 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
2838 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2839 elf_section_syms. */
2840 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
);
2841 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
2843 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
2845 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
2847 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
2848 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
2849 set until all local symbols are output. */
2850 asection
*igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
2851 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
2852 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
2853 unsigned long extsymoff
= 0;
2854 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2856 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
2858 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2860 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
2861 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2863 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
2864 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2865 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2866 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2868 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
2871 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2873 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2876 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
2878 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2879 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
2880 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2887 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
2889 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2890 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2891 start of the input section group. */
2892 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
2894 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2895 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2896 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2897 directives, not that it matters. */
2904 s
= s
->output_section
;
2906 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
2908 unsigned int idx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
2911 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, idx
, loc
);
2913 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
2918 if ((loc
-= 4) != sec
->contents
)
2921 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
2924 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2925 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2926 in here too, while we're at it. */
2929 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
2931 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
2933 unsigned int section_number
, secn
;
2934 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
2935 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
2936 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
2940 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
2942 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2943 if (link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
)
2945 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2946 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2948 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
2950 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
2952 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
2954 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
2955 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
2956 abfd
->section_count
--;
2959 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
2964 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2966 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
2968 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
2969 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
2970 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
2973 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
2974 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
2981 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
2982 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
2988 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
2989 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
2990 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
2992 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
2993 || (link_info
== NULL
2994 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
2998 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = section_number
++;
2999 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3000 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
3002 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3003 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
3004 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3005 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3006 if (t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3009 elf_strtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3010 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3013 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
3015 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: too many sections: %u"),
3016 abfd
, section_number
);
3020 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3021 t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3023 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3024 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3026 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3028 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
,
3029 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
3030 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3033 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3034 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3035 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3037 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3041 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3043 i_shdrp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3046 i_shdrp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3047 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3049 i_shdrp
[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3050 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3052 i_shdrp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3053 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
3056 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3061 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3063 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3064 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3065 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3066 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3067 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3069 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3071 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3072 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3073 the relocation entries apply. */
3074 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3076 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3077 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3078 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3080 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3082 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3083 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3084 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3087 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3088 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3090 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3093 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3094 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3096 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3097 if (discarded_section (s
))
3100 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3101 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3102 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3104 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3105 size as the discarded one. */
3106 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3109 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3115 s
= s
->output_section
;
3116 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3120 /* Handle objcopy. */
3121 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3123 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3124 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3125 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3126 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3129 s
= s
->output_section
;
3131 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3136 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3137 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3138 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3140 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3141 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3142 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3143 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3144 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3149 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3153 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3154 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3155 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3156 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3157 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3158 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3159 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3161 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3163 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3165 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
3169 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3172 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3173 d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3178 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3179 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3180 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3181 field to point to this section. */
3182 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3183 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3188 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3189 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3192 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3193 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3194 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3198 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3200 /* This is a .stab section. */
3201 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3202 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3203 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3210 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3211 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3212 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3213 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3215 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3217 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3220 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3221 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3222 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3223 the version strings. */
3224 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3225 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3227 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3232 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3233 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3234 this hash table or version table is for. */
3235 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3237 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3241 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3245 for (secn
= 1; secn
< section_number
; ++secn
)
3246 if (i_shdrp
[secn
] == NULL
)
3247 i_shdrp
[secn
] = i_shdrp
[0];
3249 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3250 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
);
3255 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3257 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3258 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3259 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
3260 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
3262 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
3263 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym
))
3264 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym
)));
3267 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3268 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
3271 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3273 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
3275 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
3278 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, sym
);
3279 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
3280 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
3281 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
3282 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
3283 || (sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
3284 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
3285 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
3288 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3289 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3292 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int *pnum_locals
)
3294 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
3295 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
3296 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
3297 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
3298 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
3299 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
3300 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
3307 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3311 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3313 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
3314 max_index
= asect
->index
;
3318 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3319 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
3321 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
3322 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
3324 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3325 decided to output. */
3326 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3328 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3330 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3332 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
3333 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
3335 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
3337 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
3338 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
3340 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
3344 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3345 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3347 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3349 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3353 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3354 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3355 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3356 at least in that case. */
3357 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3359 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3361 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
3368 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3369 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
,
3370 sizeof (asymbol
*));
3372 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
3375 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3377 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3380 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3381 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3382 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3387 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3389 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3391 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3393 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
3396 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
3397 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3400 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3402 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3406 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
3408 *pnum_locals
= num_locals
;
3412 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3413 ELF data structure. */
3415 static inline file_ptr
3416 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
3418 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
3421 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3422 required section alignment. */
3425 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
3429 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
3430 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
3431 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
3432 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
3433 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
3434 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
3435 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
3439 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3440 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3441 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3444 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
3445 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3447 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3448 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
3450 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
3451 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
3452 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3454 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
3457 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3458 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
3459 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3461 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
3464 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3465 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3467 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
3468 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
3469 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
3473 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
3476 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3477 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
3478 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3479 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3483 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3484 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
3486 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
3491 if (link_info
== NULL
)
3493 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
3498 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
3499 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3500 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
3501 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3502 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3503 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3504 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3505 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3506 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
3507 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3508 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
3510 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
3516 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3518 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
3520 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3521 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3523 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3524 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3525 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3527 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
3528 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3530 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
3532 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3534 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3535 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
3537 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab
);
3540 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
3545 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3546 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3548 static bfd_size_type
3549 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3553 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3555 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3556 and one for data. */
3559 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3560 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3562 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3563 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3564 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3569 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
3571 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3575 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
3577 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
3581 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
))
3583 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3587 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
3589 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3593 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3595 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3596 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
3598 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3600 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
3601 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
3602 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
3603 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
3604 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
3605 so we check whether the sections are correctly
3607 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
3608 while (s
->next
!= NULL
3609 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
3610 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3611 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->next
->name
, ".note"))
3616 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3618 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3620 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3626 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3627 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3628 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
3632 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
3638 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
3641 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
3644 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
3646 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3647 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
3649 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
3655 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
3656 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
3663 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3665 static struct elf_segment_map
*
3666 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
3667 asection
**sections
,
3672 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3677 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3678 amt
+= (to
- from
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
3679 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3683 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
3684 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3685 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
3686 m
->count
= to
- from
;
3688 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
3690 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3691 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
3692 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3698 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3701 struct elf_segment_map
*
3702 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
3704 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3706 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3707 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
3711 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
3713 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
3718 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3721 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
3722 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3723 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
3725 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
3726 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3728 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3729 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3730 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3731 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3733 m
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
3736 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
3738 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
3740 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3741 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3742 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
3744 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
3748 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
3750 if (remove_empty_load
&& (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& (*m
)->count
== 0)
3756 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3757 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
3759 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
3766 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3769 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3772 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3773 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
3774 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3775 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
3777 no_user_phdrs
= elf_seg_map (abfd
) == NULL
;
3780 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
3782 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
3786 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
3787 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
3790 unsigned int phdr_index
;
3791 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
3793 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
3794 bfd_boolean writable
;
3796 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
3797 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
3799 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0;
3801 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3803 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
),
3804 sizeof (asection
*));
3805 if (sections
== NULL
)
3808 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
3809 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
3811 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
3812 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
3815 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3817 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3821 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
3822 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
3823 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
;
3826 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
3829 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
3831 /* Build the mapping. */
3836 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3837 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3839 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3840 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3842 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3843 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3847 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
3848 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3849 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_X
;
3850 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3851 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3856 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3857 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3861 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
3869 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3870 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3871 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3875 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
3877 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3879 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
3882 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3883 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3884 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3885 program headers we will need. */
3888 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
3890 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
3891 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
3892 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
3893 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
3894 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
3895 || ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) % maxpagesize
3896 < phdr_size
% maxpagesize
)
3897 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
) < wrap_to
)
3898 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
3901 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3904 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
3908 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3911 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
3913 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3914 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3915 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3917 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
3919 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3920 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3924 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
3925 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
3927 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
3928 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
3931 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
3932 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
3933 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
3934 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
3935 section can be included in the current segment. */
3936 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
3938 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
3941 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3942 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3945 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
3946 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
3948 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3949 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3950 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3953 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
3955 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3956 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3957 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3958 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3961 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
3962 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
3963 != (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
3965 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3966 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3967 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3968 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3969 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3970 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3971 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3976 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3977 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3980 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
3981 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
3983 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
3985 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
3991 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3994 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3995 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
3996 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3997 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
4003 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4004 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
4006 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4013 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4019 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4020 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4021 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
4025 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4028 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4030 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4031 && (i
- phdr_index
!= 1
4032 || ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
4033 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)))
4035 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4043 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4046 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4053 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
4054 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4055 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4056 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4057 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
4059 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4061 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4062 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
4067 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4068 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
4069 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
4071 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
4072 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4073 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2
->next
->name
, ".note")
4074 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
, 2)
4080 amt
+= (count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4081 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4085 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
4089 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
4090 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4093 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
4094 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4098 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4106 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4109 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4110 amt
+= (tls_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4111 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4116 m
->count
= tls_count
;
4117 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4119 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4120 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
; ++i
)
4122 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
4123 m
->sections
[i
] = first_tls
;
4124 first_tls
= first_tls
->next
;
4131 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4133 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
);
4134 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
4135 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4137 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4138 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4142 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
4144 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
4150 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4152 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4153 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4157 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
4158 m
->p_flags
= elf_stack_flags (abfd
);
4159 m
->p_align
= bed
->stack_align
;
4160 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4161 m
->p_align_valid
= m
->p_align
!= 0;
4162 if (info
->stacksize
> 0)
4164 m
->p_size
= info
->stacksize
;
4165 m
->p_size_valid
= 1;
4172 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4174 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4176 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4178 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
4179 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
4182 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
4183 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
4184 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
4187 if (i
!= (unsigned) -1)
4192 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
4195 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4196 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4200 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
4202 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4210 elf_seg_map (abfd
) = mfirst
;
4213 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
4216 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4218 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4223 if (sections
!= NULL
)
4228 /* Sort sections by address. */
4231 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
4233 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
4234 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
4235 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
4237 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4238 place the section into a segment. */
4239 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
4241 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
4244 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4245 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4246 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
4248 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
4251 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4253 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4259 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4260 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4261 if (sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
!= 0)
4262 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4267 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
4272 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4273 before others at the same address. */
4275 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
4276 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
4283 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4286 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4288 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4289 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4290 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4291 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4292 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4295 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4296 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4298 /* In other words, something like:
4300 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4301 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4302 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4303 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4305 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4307 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4310 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
4312 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
4313 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4315 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
4319 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
4322 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
4327 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
4328 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
4329 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
4330 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
4331 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
4332 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
4334 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
4335 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
4339 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
4340 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
4341 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
4347 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
4352 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
4354 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
4357 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
4362 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4363 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4367 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4368 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4370 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4371 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4372 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4373 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4375 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
4378 bfd_vma header_pad
= 0;
4380 if (link_info
== NULL
4381 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
4385 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4389 header_pad
= m
->header_size
;
4394 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4395 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4399 /* PR binutils/12467. */
4400 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
4401 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
4404 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
4406 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) == (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4407 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4409 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
)
4410 >= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
4414 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4418 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
4419 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
4420 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
4421 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
4422 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
4424 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
4425 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
4426 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
4427 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) % bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
4429 phdrs
= (Elf_Internal_Phdr
*)
4431 (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
),
4432 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
4433 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
4438 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4439 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4441 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4442 off
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4443 if (header_pad
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4449 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
, j
= 0;
4451 m
= m
->next
, p
++, j
++)
4455 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
4457 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4458 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4459 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4460 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4461 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4463 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
4464 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
4465 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
4468 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4469 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4470 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4471 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4472 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
4473 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
4474 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
4479 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
4481 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4482 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
4483 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4486 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
4488 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4489 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4491 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4492 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4493 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4494 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4495 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4496 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4497 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4499 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4500 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
4502 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
4504 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4505 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
4506 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4507 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
4511 no_contents
= FALSE
;
4513 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4516 bfd_size_type align
;
4517 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
4519 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4523 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4525 unsigned int secalign
;
4527 secalign
= bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, *secpp
);
4528 if (secalign
> align_power
)
4529 align_power
= secalign
;
4531 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
4532 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
4533 align
= maxpagesize
;
4536 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4537 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
4538 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
4539 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
4540 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
4541 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
4543 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
4546 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4547 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
4549 no_contents
= FALSE
;
4553 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
);
4557 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
4558 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
4559 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
4560 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
4561 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
4562 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
4563 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
4564 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
4569 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4570 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4571 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
4573 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
4576 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4578 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4581 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
4582 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
4583 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4584 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
4590 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4592 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4594 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4595 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4598 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4600 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4601 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4603 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4608 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4613 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4615 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4618 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
4620 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4624 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4625 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4626 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4630 p
->p_filesz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4631 p
->p_memsz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4634 p
->p_filesz
+= header_pad
;
4635 p
->p_memsz
+= header_pad
;
4639 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4640 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
4642 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
4648 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4650 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4651 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4655 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4656 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4657 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4658 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4659 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4660 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4663 bfd_size_type align
;
4664 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
4667 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
4668 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, sec
);
4670 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4671 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4672 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
4673 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
4674 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
4675 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
4677 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
;
4678 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
;
4679 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
;
4680 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
;
4684 || p_end
< p_start
))
4686 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4687 (_("%B: section %A lma %#lx adjusted to %#lx"), abfd
, sec
,
4688 (unsigned long) s_start
, (unsigned long) p_end
);
4692 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4694 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4696 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
4698 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
4699 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
4701 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
4702 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
4706 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4710 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4712 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4716 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
4717 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4718 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4724 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4733 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
4735 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
4736 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4737 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4739 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
4740 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
4741 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
4743 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
4744 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
4745 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
4746 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
4747 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
4748 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
4750 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
4752 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
4755 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4757 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4758 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
4759 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
4760 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
4761 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4762 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4764 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4766 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4767 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4769 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4771 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
4772 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4775 if (align
> p
->p_align
4776 && !m
->p_align_valid
4777 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4778 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
4782 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4785 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
4787 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
4794 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
4795 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
4796 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
4798 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
4800 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4801 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
4802 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
4803 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
4804 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
4805 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
4807 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
4812 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4814 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
4817 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
4818 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
4819 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
4820 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
4822 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4823 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
4825 print_segment_map (m
);
4831 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
4835 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4838 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4839 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4841 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4842 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
4843 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4844 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4845 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4846 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4847 struct elf_segment_map
*hdrs_segment
;
4848 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
, filehdr_paddr
;
4849 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr
, phdrs_paddr
;
4851 unsigned int num_sec
;
4855 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4856 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4857 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
4858 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4860 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4863 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4864 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
4865 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
4866 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
4867 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
4868 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4870 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4871 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4872 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4874 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
4876 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
4877 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
4878 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4879 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4882 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4884 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
4887 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4888 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4889 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]
4890 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)]
4891 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)])
4892 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4894 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4897 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4898 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4902 phdrs_vaddr
= bed
->maxpagesize
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4904 hdrs_segment
= NULL
;
4905 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4906 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
4909 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
4912 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4914 filehdr_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4915 filehdr_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4917 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4919 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4920 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4921 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4924 phdrs_vaddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4925 phdrs_paddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4930 if (hdrs_segment
!= NULL
&& link_info
!= NULL
)
4932 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
4933 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
4934 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
4936 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
4937 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
4938 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4939 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
4941 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
4942 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
4943 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4944 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
4947 if (hdrs_segment
->count
!= 0)
4948 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
4949 s
= hdrs_segment
->sections
[0];
4951 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
4952 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4961 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
4962 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
4966 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
4967 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4970 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
4971 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
4976 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
4978 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4980 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
4981 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
4983 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
4985 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
4987 for (lm
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), lp
= phdrs
;
4989 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
4991 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4992 && lp
->p_vaddr
< link_info
->relro_end
4994 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
>= link_info
->relro_start
)
4998 BFD_ASSERT (lm
!= NULL
);
5002 /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared
5003 library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */
5004 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
5006 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5007 && lp
->p_paddr
== p
->p_paddr
)
5012 if (lp
< phdrs
+ count
)
5014 p
->p_vaddr
= lp
->p_vaddr
;
5015 p
->p_paddr
= lp
->p_paddr
;
5016 p
->p_offset
= lp
->p_offset
;
5017 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5018 p
->p_filesz
= link_info
->relro_end
- lp
->p_vaddr
;
5019 else if (m
->p_size_valid
)
5020 p
->p_filesz
= m
->p_size
;
5023 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
5024 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are valid. The
5025 gold linker generates RW/4 for the PT_GNU_RELRO section.
5026 It is better for objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
5027 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate debug files.
5029 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
5031 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5032 p
->p_flags
= (lp
->p_flags
& ~PF_W
);
5036 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
5037 p
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5040 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
5042 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
5043 p
->p_memsz
= m
->p_size
;
5045 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
5047 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5048 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
5049 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
5051 BFD_ASSERT (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
);
5054 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
5055 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
5057 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
5058 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
5059 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5061 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
5068 else if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5070 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr_vaddr
;
5071 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5072 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr_paddr
;
5074 else if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5076 p
->p_vaddr
= phdrs_vaddr
;
5077 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5078 p
->p_paddr
= phdrs_paddr
;
5082 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5087 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
5088 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
5089 VMAs must be known before this is called.
5091 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
5092 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
5093 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
5094 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
5095 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
5096 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
5097 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
5099 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
5102 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
5103 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5105 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
5106 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5108 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5110 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
5111 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5113 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5114 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5115 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
5118 /* Start after the ELF header. */
5119 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
5121 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
5122 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
5123 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
5124 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
5126 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
5129 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5130 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
5131 || i
== elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
5132 || i
== elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)
5133 || i
== elf_strtab_sec (abfd
))
5135 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
5138 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
5145 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
5146 assignment of sections to segments. */
5147 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
5150 /* And for non-load sections. */
5151 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
5154 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
!= NULL
)
5156 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
5160 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=. */
5161 if (link_info
!= NULL
5162 && link_info
->executable
5163 && link_info
->shared
)
5165 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
5166 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
5167 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*end_segment
= &segment
[num_segments
];
5169 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
5170 bfd_vma p_vaddr
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5171 for (; segment
< end_segment
; segment
++)
5172 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& p_vaddr
> segment
->p_vaddr
)
5173 p_vaddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
5175 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
5176 segments is non-zero. */
5178 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
5181 /* Write out the program headers. */
5182 alloc
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5183 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, (bfd_signed_vma
) bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5184 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
5187 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
5190 /* Place the section headers. */
5191 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
5192 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
5193 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
5195 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5201 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
5203 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
5204 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
5205 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5207 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5209 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
5210 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
5213 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
5215 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
5216 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
5217 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
5218 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
5220 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
5221 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
5222 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
5223 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
5225 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5226 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
5227 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
5228 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
5229 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5230 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
5232 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
5234 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
5236 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
5237 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
5240 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
5241 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
5242 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
5243 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
5244 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
5245 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
5246 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
5247 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
5249 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
5252 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
5253 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5255 /* No program header, for now. */
5256 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
5257 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
5258 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
5260 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
5261 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
5262 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
5264 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
5265 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
5266 /* It all happens later. */
5270 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
5271 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
5274 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5275 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
5276 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5277 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
5278 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5279 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
5280 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
5281 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
5282 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
5288 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
5289 of the loadable file image. */
5292 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd
*abfd
)
5295 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
5296 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
;
5298 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
5300 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5301 for (i
= 1, shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, shdrpp
++)
5303 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
5306 if ((shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5307 && shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
5308 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
5311 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5315 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5317 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5318 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
5320 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
5321 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
5323 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
5324 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
5327 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5330 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
5334 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd
);
5336 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
5337 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5338 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
5340 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
5341 (*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]);
5342 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
5344 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
5346 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5347 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
5352 /* Write out the section header names. */
5353 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
5354 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
5355 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5356 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
5359 if (bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
)
5360 (*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
, elf_linker (abfd
));
5362 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
5365 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
5366 if (t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
!= NULL
)
5367 return (*t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
5373 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5375 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
5376 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
5379 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
5382 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
5384 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5385 unsigned int sec_index
;
5387 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
5388 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
5389 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
5391 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
5392 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
5393 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
5394 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
5395 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
5396 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
5398 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
5400 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5401 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
5403 int retval
= sec_index
;
5405 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
5409 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
5410 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5415 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5419 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
5421 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
5423 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
5425 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5426 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5427 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5428 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5429 input sections rather than the output section. */
5430 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
5431 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
5432 && asym_ptr
->section
)
5437 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
5438 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5439 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
5440 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
5441 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
5442 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
5443 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
5446 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
5450 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5451 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5452 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5453 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5454 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
5455 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
5462 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx\n",
5463 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, (long) flags
);
5471 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5474 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5476 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5477 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5478 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5479 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5480 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5483 unsigned int num_segments
;
5484 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5485 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
5486 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
5487 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
5488 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
5489 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5491 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
5492 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5495 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5497 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5498 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
5500 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5501 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5502 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5503 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5505 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5506 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5507 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5508 ? section->size : 0)
5510 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5511 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5512 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5513 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5514 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5515 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5517 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5518 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5519 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5520 (section->lma >= base \
5521 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5522 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5524 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
5525 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
5526 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5527 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
5528 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5529 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5530 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5532 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
5534 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5536 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5540 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5541 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5542 p_memsz set to 0. */
5543 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5545 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5546 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5547 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5548 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5550 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5551 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5552 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5554 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5555 A section will be included if:
5556 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5557 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5558 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
5560 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5561 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5562 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5563 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5564 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5565 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5566 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5567 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5568 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5569 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5570 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5571 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5572 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5573 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5574 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5575 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5576 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5577 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5578 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5579 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5580 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5581 || (segment->p_paddr \
5582 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5583 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5584 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5586 && !section->segment_mark)
5588 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
5589 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5590 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5591 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
5592 && section->output_section != NULL)
5594 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5595 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5596 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5598 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5599 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5600 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5601 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5602 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5604 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5605 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5606 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5607 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5608 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5610 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5611 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5612 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5614 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5615 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5616 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5617 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5618 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
5619 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5622 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
5624 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
5628 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5629 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5630 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5631 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5632 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5637 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
5639 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
5640 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
5641 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
5643 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5644 assignment code will work. */
5645 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
5649 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5651 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
5652 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
5653 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5657 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5658 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
5660 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
5662 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5663 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
5666 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5667 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
5669 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5671 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
5672 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
5674 if (extra_length
> 0)
5676 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5677 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5680 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5682 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5684 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5689 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5691 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
5692 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
5694 if (extra_length
> 0)
5696 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5697 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5700 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5705 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5706 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5710 unsigned int section_count
;
5711 asection
**sections
;
5712 asection
*output_section
;
5714 bfd_vma matching_lma
;
5715 bfd_vma suggested_lma
;
5718 asection
*first_section
;
5719 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma
;
5720 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma
;
5722 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5725 first_section
= NULL
;
5726 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5727 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5729 section
= section
->next
)
5731 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
5732 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5733 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5735 if (first_section
== NULL
)
5736 first_section
= section
;
5737 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5742 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5743 all of the sections we have selected. */
5744 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5745 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5746 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
5750 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5751 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5753 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5754 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5755 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5757 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
5758 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
5760 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5762 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5763 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
5766 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5767 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5768 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5769 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5770 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5772 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5774 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5775 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5776 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5777 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5778 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5780 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5781 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5784 if (section_count
== 0)
5786 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5787 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5788 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5789 a warning is produced. */
5790 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5791 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment"
5792 " detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5796 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5797 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5802 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5803 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5804 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5805 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5807 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5808 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5811 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5812 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5813 of the first section.
5815 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5816 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5817 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5818 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5819 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5821 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5822 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5823 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5824 or segments to contain the other sections.
5826 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5827 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5828 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5830 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
5831 if (sections
== NULL
)
5834 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5835 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5836 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5837 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5838 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5843 first_matching_lma
= TRUE
;
5844 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
5846 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5848 section
= section
->next
)
5849 if (section
== first_section
)
5852 for (j
= 0; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5854 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5856 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5858 sections
[j
++] = section
;
5860 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5861 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5862 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5863 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5865 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
5866 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5868 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
5869 && output_section
->vma
== (segment
->p_vaddr
5870 + (map
->includes_filehdr
5873 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5875 * iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
5877 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
5879 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5880 LMA address of the output section. */
5881 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5882 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
5883 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5884 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
)))
5886 if (first_matching_lma
|| output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
)
5888 matching_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5889 first_matching_lma
= FALSE
;
5892 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5893 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5895 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
5897 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
5899 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5900 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
5903 if (j
== section_count
)
5908 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
5910 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5912 if (isec
== section_count
)
5914 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5915 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5916 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5917 program header in the input BFD. */
5918 map
->count
= section_count
;
5919 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5920 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5923 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5924 && matching_lma
!= map
->p_paddr
5925 && !map
->includes_filehdr
5926 && !map
->includes_phdrs
)
5927 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
5928 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
5930 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= matching_lma
- map
->p_paddr
;
5937 if (!first_matching_lma
)
5939 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5940 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5941 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5942 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
;
5946 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5947 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5948 the LMA of the first section. */
5949 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5952 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5953 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5954 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
5956 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
)
5957 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
5960 map
->includes_filehdr
= FALSE
;
5961 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
5965 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
5967 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
5969 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
5971 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5972 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5973 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5974 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5975 offset when we know the correct value. */
5976 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
5977 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
5980 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
5984 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5985 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5986 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5987 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5988 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5989 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5996 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
5998 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5999 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
6001 section
= sections
[j
];
6003 if (section
== NULL
)
6006 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
6008 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
6010 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
6011 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
6013 if (map
->count
== 0)
6015 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
6016 the beginning of the segment, then something is
6018 if (output_section
->lma
6020 + (map
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
6021 + (map
->includes_phdrs
6022 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
6030 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
6032 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
6033 and the start of this section is more than
6034 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
6035 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
6037 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
6038 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
6039 > output_section
->lma
))
6041 if (first_suggested_lma
)
6043 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6044 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6051 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
6054 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
6056 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
6058 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6059 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6063 BFD_ASSERT (map
->count
> 0);
6065 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
6066 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6067 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6069 if (isec
< section_count
)
6071 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
6072 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
6073 and carry on looping. */
6074 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6075 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6076 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6083 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
6084 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
6085 not yet been assigned. */
6087 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6088 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6089 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6090 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
6091 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6092 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
6093 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6096 while (isec
< section_count
);
6101 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
6103 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
6104 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
6105 the offset if necessary. */
6106 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
6110 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
6113 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
6114 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
6115 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
6120 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
6121 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
6123 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
6124 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
6125 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
6126 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
6127 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
6128 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
6132 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
6135 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6137 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6138 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6139 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6140 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6141 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6143 unsigned int num_segments
;
6144 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6145 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6147 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6150 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6152 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
6153 map->p_paddr_valid. */
6154 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6155 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6156 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6159 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6161 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6165 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6170 unsigned int section_count
;
6172 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
6173 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
6174 asection
*lowest_section
;
6176 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
6177 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
6179 section
= section
->next
)
6181 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6182 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6184 if (first_section
== NULL
)
6185 first_section
= section
;
6190 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6191 all of the sections we have selected. */
6192 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6193 if (section_count
!= 0)
6194 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6195 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6199 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
6202 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6203 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6204 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6205 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
6206 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6207 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
6208 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
6209 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
6211 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
6212 || map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
6214 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
6215 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
6216 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
6217 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
6218 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
6220 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
6221 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
6224 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6225 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6226 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
6227 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
6229 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6230 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6232 map
->includes_phdrs
=
6233 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6234 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
6235 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6236 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
6238 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
6239 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
6242 lowest_section
= first_section
;
6243 if (section_count
!= 0)
6245 unsigned int isec
= 0;
6247 for (section
= first_section
;
6249 section
= section
->next
)
6251 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6252 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6254 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
6255 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6259 if (section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
6260 lowest_section
= section
;
6262 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
6263 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
6264 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
6265 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
6267 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
6268 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
6270 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
6271 if (section
->lma
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
6272 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6274 if (isec
== section_count
)
6280 if (map
->includes_filehdr
&& lowest_section
!= NULL
)
6281 /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */
6282 map
->header_size
= lowest_section
->vma
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
6284 if (!map
->includes_phdrs
6285 && !map
->includes_filehdr
6286 && map
->p_paddr_valid
)
6287 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
6288 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0)
6289 - segment
->p_paddr
);
6291 map
->count
= section_count
;
6292 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6293 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6296 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
6300 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
6304 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6306 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6307 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6310 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
6313 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
6315 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
6316 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
6317 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6318 asection
*section
, *osec
;
6319 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
6320 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
6321 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6323 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6325 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
6326 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
6329 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
6330 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
6331 section
= section
->next
)
6332 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6334 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6335 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6339 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
6340 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
6341 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
6342 map in this case. */
6343 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
6344 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
6345 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
6348 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
6349 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6351 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
6352 from the input BFD. */
6353 osec
= section
->output_section
;
6355 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
6357 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
6358 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6359 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6361 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
6362 removed. What else do we need to check? */
6364 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
6365 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
6366 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
6367 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
6368 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
6369 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
6375 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
6377 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
6378 section
= section
->next
)
6380 if (section
->segment_mark
== FALSE
)
6383 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6386 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
6390 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
6392 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
6393 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
6394 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6396 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6397 bfd_vma maxpagesize
= 0;
6399 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6402 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
6403 && maxpagesize
< segment
->p_align
)
6404 maxpagesize
= segment
->p_align
;
6406 if (maxpagesize
!= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
)
6407 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd
), maxpagesize
);
6410 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
6413 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
6416 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6420 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6423 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
6424 bfd_boolean final_link
= link_info
!= NULL
&& !link_info
->relocatable
;
6426 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
6427 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6430 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
6432 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
6433 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
6434 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
6435 that the linker clears to differ. */
6436 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
6437 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
6439 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
6440 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
6441 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
6443 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
6444 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
6445 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
6447 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
6448 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
6449 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
6450 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
6453 if (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
6454 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
6456 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
6457 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
6458 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
6459 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
6463 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
6465 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
6466 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
6467 may be NULL at this point. */
6468 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
6470 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6471 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
6472 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
6475 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
6480 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
6481 field, and sometimes the info field. */
6484 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6489 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
6491 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
6492 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6495 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
6496 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6498 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
6500 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
6501 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
6502 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
6503 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
6504 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
6506 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
6510 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
6511 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
6512 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
6513 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
6514 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
6518 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
6522 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
6523 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
6525 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
6526 asection
*s
= first
;
6527 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
6531 /* If this member section is being output but the
6532 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
6533 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
6534 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
6535 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
6537 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
6538 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
6540 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
6541 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
6542 else if (s
->output_section
== discarded
6543 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
6545 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
6551 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
6553 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
6554 adjust the input section size. This function may
6555 be called multiple times, so save the original
6557 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
6558 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
6559 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
6563 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
6565 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
6573 /* Copy private header information. */
6576 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6578 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6579 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6582 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6583 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6584 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6585 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6586 already been worked out. */
6587 if (elf_seg_map (obfd
) == NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
6589 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
6593 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
6596 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6597 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6598 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6599 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6600 swap_out_syms function. */
6602 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6603 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6604 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6605 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6606 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6609 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6614 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
6616 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6617 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6620 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
6621 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
6624 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
6626 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
6630 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6631 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
6632 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
6633 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
6634 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
6635 else if (shndx
== elf_strtab_sec (ibfd
))
6637 else if (shndx
== elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd
))
6638 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
6639 else if (shndx
== elf_symtab_shndx (ibfd
))
6640 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
6641 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6647 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6650 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
6651 struct bfd_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
6654 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6657 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*stt
;
6658 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6659 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6660 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
6661 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
6662 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
6664 unsigned int num_locals
;
6666 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
6668 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
, &num_locals
))
6671 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6672 stt
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6676 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6677 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
6678 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6679 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
6680 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6681 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
6682 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= num_locals
+ 1;
6683 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
6685 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
6686 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6688 outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
6689 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6690 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
6692 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6695 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
6697 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
6698 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6699 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
6701 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6702 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*)
6703 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
6704 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
6706 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6710 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
6711 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
6712 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
6713 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6714 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6717 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6719 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6720 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6726 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6727 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
6728 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6729 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6730 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6731 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6735 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6736 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
6738 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
6739 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
6741 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6742 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
6743 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
6744 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
6747 if (!name_local_sections
6748 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6750 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6755 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt
,
6758 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
6760 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6765 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
6767 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
6768 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6770 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6771 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6772 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6773 sym
.st_size
= value
;
6774 if (type_ptr
== NULL
6775 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
6776 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
6778 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
6779 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6780 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
6784 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
6787 if (sec
->output_section
)
6789 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
6790 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6793 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6794 if (! relocatable_p
)
6796 sym
.st_value
= value
;
6797 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
6799 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
6801 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
6803 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6804 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6805 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6806 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6810 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
6813 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
6816 shndx
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
6819 shndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
6822 shndx
= elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
);
6831 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
6833 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
6837 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6838 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6839 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6840 demand of applications. For example, it
6841 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6842 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6843 actually in the output file. */
6844 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
6847 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6848 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6849 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
6851 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6852 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6856 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
6857 BFD_ASSERT (shndx
!= SHN_BAD
);
6861 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6864 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
6866 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
6867 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
6868 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
6870 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
6872 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
6874 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
6879 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
6882 /* Processor-specific types. */
6883 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
6884 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6885 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6886 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
6888 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6890 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6891 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6893 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6895 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6897 #ifdef USE_STT_COMMON
6898 if (type
== STT_OBJECT
)
6899 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_COMMON
);
6902 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
6904 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6905 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6909 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
6910 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
6913 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
6915 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
6917 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
6918 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
6919 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6921 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6924 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
6927 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
6929 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
6930 sym
.st_target_internal
6931 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
6936 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
6939 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6940 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6941 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6942 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6946 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (stt
);
6947 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6949 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
6950 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
6951 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
6952 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
6953 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
6954 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
6959 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6961 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6962 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6963 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6966 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6970 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6972 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6973 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6975 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6981 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6985 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
6987 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6989 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6993 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6994 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6996 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
7002 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7005 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
7008 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
7011 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
7018 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7020 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
7023 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
7024 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
7025 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
7029 return section
->reloc_count
;
7033 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
7035 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7036 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
7039 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
7044 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
7045 asymbol
**allocation
)
7047 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7048 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
7051 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
7055 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
7056 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
7057 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
7058 dynamic reloc section. */
7061 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
7066 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
7068 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7072 ret
= sizeof (arelent
*);
7073 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7074 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
7075 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
7076 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
7077 ret
+= ((s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
)
7078 * sizeof (arelent
*));
7083 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
7084 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
7085 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
7086 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
7087 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
7088 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
7089 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
7092 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
7096 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
7100 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
7102 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7106 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
7108 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7110 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
7111 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
7112 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
7117 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
7119 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
7121 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
7132 /* Read in the version information. */
7135 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
7137 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
7138 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
7140 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
7142 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7143 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
7144 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
7146 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
7148 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
7150 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*)
7151 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
7152 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
7155 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= hdr
->sh_info
;
7157 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7158 if (contents
== NULL
)
7160 error_return_verref
:
7161 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
7162 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
7165 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7166 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
7167 goto error_return_verref
;
7169 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
7170 goto error_return_verref
;
7172 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
7173 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
7174 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
7175 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
7176 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
7177 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
7179 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
7180 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
7183 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
7185 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
7187 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
7188 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7190 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
7191 goto error_return_verref
;
7193 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
7194 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
7197 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
7198 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
7199 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
7200 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
7201 goto error_return_verref
;
7204 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
7205 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
7206 goto error_return_verref
;
7208 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
7209 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
7210 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
7211 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
7213 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
7215 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
7216 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7217 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
7218 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
7219 goto error_return_verref
;
7221 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
7222 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
7224 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
7226 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
7227 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
7228 goto error_return_verref
;
7230 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
7231 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
7233 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
7234 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
7237 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
7238 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
7240 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
7242 if (iverneed
->vn_next
7243 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
7244 goto error_return_verref
;
7246 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
7247 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
7254 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
7256 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7257 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
7258 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
7259 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
7260 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
7262 unsigned int maxidx
;
7263 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
7265 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
7267 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7268 if (contents
== NULL
)
7270 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7271 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
7274 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
7277 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
7278 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
7279 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
7280 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
7281 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
7282 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
7284 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
7285 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
7287 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
7289 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
7291 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
7293 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
7294 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
7296 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
7297 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
7300 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
7301 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
7304 if (default_imported_symver
)
7306 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
7311 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
7312 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7313 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
7316 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
7318 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
7319 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
7320 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
7322 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
7323 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
7326 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
7328 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
7330 error_return_verdef
:
7331 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
7332 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
7336 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
7337 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7339 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
7341 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
7342 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
7345 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
7346 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
7347 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
7348 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
7349 goto error_return_verdef
;
7353 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
7354 goto error_return_verdef
;
7356 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
7357 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
7358 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
7359 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
7361 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
7363 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
7364 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7365 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
7366 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
7367 goto error_return_verdef
;
7369 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
7370 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
7372 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
7374 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
7375 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
7376 goto error_return_verdef
;
7378 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
7379 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
7382 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
7383 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
7385 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
7386 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
7388 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
7390 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
7391 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
7397 else if (default_imported_symver
)
7404 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
7405 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7406 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
7409 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
7412 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
7413 if (default_imported_symver
)
7415 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
7416 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
7418 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];
7420 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
7421 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
7422 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
7423 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
7425 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
7427 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
7428 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
7429 goto error_return_verdef
;
7430 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
7431 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
7432 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
7433 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
7434 goto error_return_verdef
;
7436 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
7437 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
7438 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
7444 if (contents
!= NULL
)
7450 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
7452 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
7453 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (elf_symbol_type
);
7455 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7460 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
7461 return &newsym
->symbol
;
7466 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7470 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
7473 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
7474 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
7478 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7481 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
7482 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
7485 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
7486 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
7487 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
7490 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
7491 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
7492 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
7493 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
7494 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
7495 we treat such symbols as local. */
7496 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
7503 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7504 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7511 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
7512 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
7513 unsigned long machine
)
7515 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
7516 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
7517 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
7518 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
7519 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
7522 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
7525 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
7526 for error reporting. */
7529 elf_find_function (bfd
*abfd
,
7533 const char **filename_ptr
,
7534 const char **functionname_ptr
)
7536 struct elf_find_function_cache
7538 asection
*last_section
;
7540 const char *filename
;
7541 bfd_size_type func_size
;
7544 if (symbols
== NULL
)
7547 cache
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_find_function_cache
;
7550 cache
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*cache
));
7551 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_find_function_cache
= cache
;
7555 if (cache
->last_section
!= section
7556 || cache
->func
== NULL
7557 || offset
< cache
->func
->value
7558 || offset
>= cache
->func
->value
+ cache
->func_size
)
7563 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
7564 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
7565 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
7566 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
7567 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
7568 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
7569 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
7570 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
7571 enum { nothing_seen
, symbol_seen
, file_after_symbol_seen
} state
;
7572 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7576 state
= nothing_seen
;
7577 cache
->filename
= NULL
;
7579 cache
->func_size
= 0;
7580 cache
->last_section
= section
;
7582 for (p
= symbols
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
7588 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_FILE
) != 0)
7591 if (state
== symbol_seen
)
7592 state
= file_after_symbol_seen
;
7596 size
= bed
->maybe_function_sym (sym
, section
, &code_off
);
7598 && code_off
<= offset
7599 && (code_off
> low_func
7600 || (code_off
== low_func
7601 && size
> cache
->func_size
)))
7604 cache
->func_size
= size
;
7605 cache
->filename
= NULL
;
7606 low_func
= code_off
;
7608 && ((sym
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) != 0
7609 || state
!= file_after_symbol_seen
))
7610 cache
->filename
= bfd_asymbol_name (file
);
7612 if (state
== nothing_seen
)
7613 state
= symbol_seen
;
7617 if (cache
->func
== NULL
)
7621 *filename_ptr
= cache
->filename
;
7622 if (functionname_ptr
)
7623 *functionname_ptr
= bfd_asymbol_name (cache
->func
);
7628 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7629 for error reporting. */
7632 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
7636 const char **filename_ptr
,
7637 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7638 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7640 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line_discriminator (abfd
, section
, symbols
,
7641 offset
, filename_ptr
,
7648 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line_discriminator (bfd
*abfd
,
7652 const char **filename_ptr
,
7653 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7654 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
7655 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
7659 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7660 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7663 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7664 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7665 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7671 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, dwarf_debug_sections
,
7672 section
, symbols
, offset
,
7673 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7674 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
, 0,
7675 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
7677 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7678 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7679 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7685 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
7686 &found
, filename_ptr
,
7687 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7688 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
7690 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
7693 if (symbols
== NULL
)
7696 if (! elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7697 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
7704 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7707 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
7708 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7710 return _bfd_elf_find_line_discriminator (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
,
7711 filename_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7716 _bfd_elf_find_line_discriminator (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
7717 const char **filename_ptr
,
7718 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
7719 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
7721 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
,
7722 filename_ptr
, line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
, 0,
7723 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7726 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7727 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7728 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7729 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7730 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7733 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
7734 const char **filename_ptr
,
7735 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7736 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7739 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
7740 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7741 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7746 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7748 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7749 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
7751 if (!info
->relocatable
)
7753 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
7755 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
7757 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
7760 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7761 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
7764 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
7767 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = phdr_size
;
7775 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
7777 const void *location
,
7779 bfd_size_type count
)
7781 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7784 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
7785 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
7788 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
7789 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
7790 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7791 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
7798 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7799 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7800 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7805 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7808 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
7810 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7812 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
7814 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
7815 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7817 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7818 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7820 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
7822 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7825 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
7828 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
7831 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
7834 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
7837 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
7840 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
7846 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7848 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7850 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7851 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
7853 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7858 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7864 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
7867 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
7870 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
7873 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
7876 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
7882 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7886 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
7894 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7895 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7896 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
7897 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7902 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
7904 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
7905 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
&& tdata
!= NULL
)
7907 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
!= NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
7908 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
7909 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7912 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
7915 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7916 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7917 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7920 bfd_reloc_status_type
7921 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7922 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7923 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7924 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7925 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7927 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
7930 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7931 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7932 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7933 out details about the corefile. */
7935 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7936 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
7937 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
7938 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7941 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
7942 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
7945 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
7949 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
;
7951 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
;
7956 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7957 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7958 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7962 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
7966 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
7969 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
7973 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
7974 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
7975 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
7979 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7980 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7981 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7982 such a section already exists.
7983 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7984 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7985 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7987 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7993 char *threaded_name
;
7997 /* Build the section name. */
7999 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8000 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8001 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8002 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
8004 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
8006 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
8011 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
8012 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8014 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
8017 /* prstatus_t exists on:
8019 linux 2.[01] + glibc
8023 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8026 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8031 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
8035 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
8036 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
8037 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
8039 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
8040 has already been set by another thread. */
8041 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
8042 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
8043 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
8044 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8046 /* pr_who exists on:
8049 pr_who doesn't exist on:
8052 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
8053 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
8055 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8058 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
8059 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
8061 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8062 prstatus32_t prstat
;
8064 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
8065 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
8066 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
8068 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
8069 has already been set by another thread. */
8070 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
8071 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
8072 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
8073 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8075 /* pr_who exists on:
8078 pr_who doesn't exist on:
8081 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
8082 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
8084 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8087 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
8090 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8091 note size (ie. data object type). */
8095 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
8096 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
8097 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
8099 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
8101 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
8103 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
8105 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8107 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
8108 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
8111 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
8112 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
8113 data structure apart. */
8116 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8118 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8121 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
8122 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
8126 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8128 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
8131 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
8132 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
8133 contents literally. */
8136 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8138 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
8142 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8144 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
8148 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8150 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
8154 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8156 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
8160 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8162 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
8166 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8168 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
8172 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8174 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
8178 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8180 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
8184 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8186 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
8190 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8192 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
8196 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8198 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
8202 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8204 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-tdb", note
);
8208 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8210 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
8214 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8216 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-tls", note
);
8220 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8222 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note
);
8226 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8228 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note
);
8231 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
8232 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
8233 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8234 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
8238 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8239 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
8240 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8241 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
8245 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
8246 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
8247 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
8250 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
8253 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
8261 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
8265 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
8271 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8273 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8275 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
8277 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
8279 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
8281 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
8282 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
8284 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
8285 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
8286 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
8288 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
8289 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
8290 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
8292 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8293 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
8295 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8296 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
8298 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
8300 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
8301 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
8303 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
8304 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
8305 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
8307 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
8308 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
8309 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
8315 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8316 note size (ie. data object type). */
8320 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
8321 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
8322 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
8325 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
8326 int n
= strlen (command
);
8328 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
8329 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
8334 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
8336 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8338 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8340 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
8341 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
8342 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
8348 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
8350 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
8352 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
8353 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
8355 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8358 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
8360 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
8363 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
8364 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
8365 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
8369 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
8371 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8373 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8375 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
8381 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
8382 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
8383 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
8388 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8390 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
8391 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
8393 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
8394 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
8396 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8398 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8399 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8400 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8403 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8405 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8409 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8410 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
8411 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
8412 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
8415 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8416 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
8417 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
8420 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8422 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
8425 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
8427 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8428 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8429 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8432 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8434 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8438 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8439 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
8440 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
8441 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
8444 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
8445 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
8446 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
8449 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8451 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
8453 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
8456 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8463 int is_active_thread
;
8466 if (note
->descsz
< 728)
8469 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
8472 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
8476 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
8477 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
8478 /* process_info.pid */
8479 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
8480 /* process_info.signal */
8481 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
8484 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
8485 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8486 /* thread_info.tid */
8487 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8));
8489 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8490 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8494 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8496 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8500 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8502 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8503 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
8504 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8506 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
8507 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
8509 if (is_active_thread
)
8510 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
8514 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
8515 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
8516 /* module_info.base_address */
8517 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
8518 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
8520 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8521 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8525 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8527 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8532 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8533 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8534 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8545 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8547 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8555 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
8556 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
8558 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8559 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
8564 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8566 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
8569 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8571 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
8574 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
8575 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
8577 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
8578 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
8580 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
8581 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8582 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8583 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
8587 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
8588 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8589 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8590 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
8595 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8596 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8597 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
8602 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8603 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8604 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
8608 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
8609 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8610 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8611 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
8616 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8617 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8618 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
8622 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
8623 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8624 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8625 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
8629 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
8630 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8631 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8632 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
8637 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8638 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8639 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
8643 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
8644 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8645 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8646 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
8650 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
8651 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8652 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8653 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
8657 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
8658 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8659 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8660 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
8665 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8666 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8667 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd
, note
);
8672 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8673 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8674 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
8679 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8680 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8681 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd
, note
);
8685 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
:
8686 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8687 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8688 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, note
);
8692 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
:
8693 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8694 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8695 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, note
);
8701 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
8702 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
8704 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8705 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
8712 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
8717 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8718 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8719 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
8725 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.file",
8729 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
8735 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8737 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
8739 if (note
->descsz
== 0)
8742 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
8743 t
->build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*t
->build_id
) - 1 + note
->descsz
);
8744 if (t
->build_id
== NULL
)
8747 t
->build_id
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8748 memcpy (t
->build_id
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
8754 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8761 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
8762 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
8767 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8769 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
8770 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct sdt_note
)
8773 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
8774 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
8775 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
8777 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
8783 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8788 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
8796 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
8800 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
8803 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
8810 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8812 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8813 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
8814 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
8816 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
8817 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
8818 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
8820 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8821 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
8822 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
8824 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
8829 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8833 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
8834 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwp
;
8836 if (note
->type
== NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
)
8838 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
8839 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
8840 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
8841 creates a core file. */
8843 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
8846 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
8847 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
8848 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
8851 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
8855 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
8857 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
8858 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
8860 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
8861 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
8864 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
8865 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8867 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
8868 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8874 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
8875 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
8880 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
8881 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8883 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
8884 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8894 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8896 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8897 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
8898 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
8900 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
8901 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
8902 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
8904 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8905 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
8906 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
8912 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8914 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
8915 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
8917 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
8918 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8920 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
8921 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8923 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
8924 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
8926 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
8928 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
8933 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8934 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8935 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
8940 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
8942 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
8947 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8948 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8949 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
8958 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
8960 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
8967 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
8968 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
8970 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
8971 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
8973 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
8974 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
8976 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
8977 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
8979 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= sig
;
8980 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
8983 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
8984 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
8985 thread just in case. */
8986 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
8987 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
8989 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
8990 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
8992 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
8997 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9001 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9002 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9003 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9005 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
9009 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
9010 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
9018 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
9019 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
9021 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
9026 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9030 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9031 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9032 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9034 /* This is the current thread. */
9035 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
== tid
)
9036 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
9041 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
9042 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
9043 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
9044 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
9047 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9049 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
9050 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
9052 static long tid
= 1;
9056 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
9057 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
9058 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
9059 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
9060 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
9061 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
9062 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
9063 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
9070 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9076 /* Use note name as section name. */
9078 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9081 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
9082 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
9084 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9088 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9089 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9090 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
9095 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
9098 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
9102 size of data for note
9104 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
9105 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
9106 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
9107 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
9110 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
9113 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
9121 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
9128 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
9130 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
9132 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
9135 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
9136 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
9137 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
9138 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
9139 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
9140 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
9144 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
9152 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
9163 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
9169 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9171 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
9174 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9175 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
9180 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9181 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9182 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9184 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9186 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
9189 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
9192 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9193 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
9194 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
9195 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9196 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
9201 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9203 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
9206 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
9209 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9210 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
9211 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
9212 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9213 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
9215 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
9222 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
9223 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
9224 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
9226 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32 data
;
9228 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9229 LINUX_PRPSINFO32_SWAP_FIELDS (abfd
, prpsinfo
, data
);
9231 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
9232 &data
, sizeof (data
));
9236 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
9237 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
9238 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
9240 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64 data
;
9242 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9243 LINUX_PRPSINFO64_SWAP_FIELDS (abfd
, prpsinfo
, data
);
9245 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9246 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
9250 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
9257 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9259 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
9262 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9264 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
9269 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9270 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9271 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9273 prstatus32_t prstat
;
9275 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
9276 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
9277 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9278 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
9279 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
9280 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
9287 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
9288 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
9289 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9290 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
9291 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
9292 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
9294 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
9300 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9302 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
9309 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
9310 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
9312 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9313 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
9314 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9315 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9316 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
9317 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9319 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
9320 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
9322 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
9323 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
9326 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
9327 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9329 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
9331 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9333 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
9337 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9338 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9340 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
9341 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9342 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9344 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9348 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
9349 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
9350 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
9351 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
9359 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
9360 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
9361 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
9362 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
9366 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
9369 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9375 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
9376 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9377 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
9381 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9384 const void *xfpregs
,
9387 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9388 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9389 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
9393 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
9394 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
9396 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9397 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9398 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
9402 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
9405 const void *ppc_vmx
,
9408 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9409 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9410 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
9414 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
9417 const void *ppc_vsx
,
9420 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9421 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9422 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
9426 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
9429 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
9432 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9433 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9434 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
9435 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
9439 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
9442 const void *s390_timer
,
9445 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9446 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9447 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
9451 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
9454 const void *s390_todcmp
,
9457 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9458 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9459 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
9463 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9466 const void *s390_todpreg
,
9469 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9470 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9471 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
9475 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
9478 const void *s390_ctrs
,
9481 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9482 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9483 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
9487 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
9490 const void *s390_prefix
,
9493 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9494 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9495 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
9499 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
9502 const void *s390_last_break
,
9505 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9506 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9507 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
9508 s390_last_break
, size
);
9512 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
9515 const void *s390_system_call
,
9518 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9519 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9520 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
9521 s390_system_call
, size
);
9525 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
,
9528 const void *s390_tdb
,
9531 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9532 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9533 note_name
, NT_S390_TDB
, s390_tdb
, size
);
9537 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
9540 const void *arm_vfp
,
9543 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9544 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9545 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
9549 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
,
9552 const void *aarch_tls
,
9555 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9556 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9557 note_name
, NT_ARM_TLS
, aarch_tls
, size
);
9561 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
,
9564 const void *aarch_hw_break
,
9567 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9568 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9569 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
, aarch_hw_break
, size
);
9573 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
,
9576 const void *aarch_hw_watch
,
9579 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9580 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9581 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
, aarch_hw_watch
, size
);
9585 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
9588 const char *section
,
9592 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
9593 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9594 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
9595 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9596 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
9597 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9598 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
9599 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9600 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
9601 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9602 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
9603 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9604 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
9605 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9606 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
9607 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9608 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
9609 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9610 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
9611 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9612 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
9613 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9614 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
9615 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9616 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
9617 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9618 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
9619 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9620 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
9621 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9622 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
9623 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9624 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
9625 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9626 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
9627 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9632 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
)
9637 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
9639 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
9640 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
9641 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
9643 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
9646 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
9648 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
9649 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
9650 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
9653 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
9654 in
.descdata
= in
.namedata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.namesz
, 4);
9655 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
9657 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
9658 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
9661 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
9667 if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "NetBSD-CORE"))
9669 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd
, &in
))
9672 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "OpenBSD"))
9674 if (! elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (abfd
, &in
))
9677 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "QNX"))
9679 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd
, &in
))
9682 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "SPU/"))
9684 if (! elfcore_grok_spu_note (abfd
, &in
))
9689 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd
, &in
))
9695 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
9697 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
9700 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
9701 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
9703 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
9709 p
= in
.descdata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.descsz
, 4);
9716 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
)
9723 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
9726 buf
= (char *) bfd_malloc (size
);
9730 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
9731 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
))
9741 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
9743 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
9744 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
9745 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9748 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
9750 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9752 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
9756 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
9759 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
9760 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
9761 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
9762 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
9764 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
9765 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9768 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
9772 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9774 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
9778 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
9779 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
9780 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
9785 enum elf_reloc_type_class
9786 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9787 const asection
*rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9788 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9790 return reloc_class_normal
;
9793 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
9794 relocation against a local symbol. */
9797 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
9798 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
9800 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
9802 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
9805 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
9806 + sec
->output_offset
9808 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
9809 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
9810 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
9813 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
9814 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
9815 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
9818 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
9819 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
9820 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
9821 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
9822 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
9823 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
9824 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
9827 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
9828 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
9834 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
9835 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
9839 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
9841 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
9842 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
9844 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
9845 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
9846 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
9850 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
9851 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9855 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
9857 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
9858 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
9860 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
9861 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
9863 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
9865 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9866 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
9867 offset
= sec
->size
- offset
- address_size
;
9873 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
9874 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
9875 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
9876 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
9877 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
9878 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
9880 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
9881 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
9882 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
9883 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
9884 the remote memory. */
9887 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
9891 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
9893 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
9894 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
9898 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
9899 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9900 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9905 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9908 const char *relplt_name
;
9909 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
9913 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9919 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
9922 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
9925 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
9928 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
9929 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
9930 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
9931 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
9935 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
9936 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
9937 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
9940 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
9944 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
9945 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
9948 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9949 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
9950 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
9951 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
9953 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
9957 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
9959 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
9964 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
9968 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
9969 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
9971 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
9976 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
9977 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
9980 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
9981 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
9982 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
9983 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
9984 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
9985 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
9987 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
9990 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
9991 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
9997 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
9998 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
9999 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
10000 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
10003 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
10006 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
10007 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
10014 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
10015 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
10016 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
,
10017 SEC_IS_COMMON
, NULL
, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
10020 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (bfd
* abfd
,
10021 struct bfd_link_info
* link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10023 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
* i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
10025 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
10027 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
10029 /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the
10030 osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of
10031 the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
10032 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
10033 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_symbols
)
10034 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
10038 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
10039 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
10040 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
10043 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
10045 return (type
== STT_FUNC
10046 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
10049 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
10050 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
10051 otherwise return zero. */
10054 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
10057 bfd_size_type size
;
10059 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
10060 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
10061 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
10064 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
10066 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
10067 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;